// THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT.

// Package rds provides a client for Amazon Relational Database Service.
package rds

import (
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
)

const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription"

// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription.
func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"

// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the AddTagsToResource method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opAddTagsToResource,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used
// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources,
// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS.
//
// For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction"

// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB
// instance).
func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress"

// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization.
// First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if
// the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second,
// IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running
// on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range,
// EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
// or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC).
//
//  You cannot authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one region to
// an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You cannot authorize ingress from a
// VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another.
//
//  For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup"

// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot"

// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCopyDBClusterSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora,
// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup"

// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CopyDBParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCopyDBParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Copies the specified DB parameter group.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot"

// CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CopyDBSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCopyDBSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available"
// state.
//
// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup"

// CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CopyOptionGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCopyOptionGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Copies the specified option group.
func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster"

// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBCluster,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBClusterInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster
// as a Read Replica of another DB cluster.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup"

// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.
//
// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances
// in a DB cluster.
//
//  A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters
// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom
// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating
// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster
// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster.
// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster,
// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for
// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect.
//
//  After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least
// 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster
// parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to
// fully complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is
// used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for
// parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB
// cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the
// character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option
// of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters
// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or
// modified.
//
//  For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot"

// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBClusterSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora,
// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance"

// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBInstance method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBInstance,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB instance.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica"

// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a DB instance for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL
// that acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance.
//
// All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with
// backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security
// groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance,
// except as specified below.
//
//  The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup"

// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB parameter group.
//
//  A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for
// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for
// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using
// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need
// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate
// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the
// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated
// settings to take effect.
//
//  After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
// has been created or modified.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup"

// CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSecurityGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBSecurityGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB
// instance.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot"

// CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup"

// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSubnetGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateDBSubnetGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one
// subnet in at least two AZs in the region.
func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"

// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateEventSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateEventSubscription,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic
// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console,
// or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon
// SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
//
// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified
// of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and
// provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want
// to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance,
// SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability,
// Backup.
//
// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance
// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you will be notified of all the db-instance
// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify
// a SourceIdentifier, you will receive notice of the events for that source
// type for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType
// nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all
// RDS sources belonging to your customer account.
func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup"

// CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the CreateOptionGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateOptionGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups.
func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster"

// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBCluster,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When
// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted
// and cannot be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB
// cluster are not deleted.
//
//  For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup"

// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter
// group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot"

// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy
// operation is terminated.
//
//  The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
//
//  For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance"

// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBInstance method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBInstance,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance.
// When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are
// deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to
// be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted.
//
//  If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance
// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance
// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action cannot be canceled
// or reverted once submitted.
//
// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed,
// incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when
// the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true.
//
// If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you
// cannot delete the DB instance if the following are true:
//
//   The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
//
//   The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster.
//
//   To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster
// API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After
// the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete
// the final instance in the DB cluster.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup"

// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted
// cannot be associated with any DB instances.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup"

// DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSecurityGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBSecurityGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes a DB security group.
//
//  The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot"

// DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation
// is terminated.
//
//  The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup"

// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSubnetGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteDBSubnetGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes a DB subnet group.
//
//  The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB
// instances.
func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"

// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteEventSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteEventSubscription,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes an RDS event notification subscription.
func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup"

// DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DeleteOptionGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteOptionGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Deletes an existing option group.
func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes"

// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeAccountAttributes method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeAccountAttributes,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include
// Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed.
// The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward
// that quota, and the quota's maximum value.
//
// This command does not take any parameters.
func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates"

// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeCertificates method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeCertificates,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account.
func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups"

// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName
// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the
// specified DB cluster parameter group.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters"

// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterParameters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBClusterParameters,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter
// group.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes"

// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual
// DB cluster snapshot.
//
// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that
// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all
// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual
// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
//
// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB
// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private,
// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots"

// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports
// pagination.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters"

// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBClusters,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports
// pagination.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions"

// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBEngineVersions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBEngineVersions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of the available DB engines.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances"

// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBInstances method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBInstances,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles"

// DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBLogFiles method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBLogFiles,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups"

// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBParameterGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBParameterGroups,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName
// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified
// DB parameter group.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters"

// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBParameters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBParameters,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups"

// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSecurityGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBSecurityGroups,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName
// is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified
// DB security group.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes"

// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB
// snapshot.
//
// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that
// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included
// in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot
// is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
//
// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB
// snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API action.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots"

// DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSnapshots method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBSnapshots,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination.
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups"

// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSubnetGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeDBSubnetGroups,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified,
// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.
//
// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters"

// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster
// database engine.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters"

// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified
// database engine.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"

// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventCategories method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeEventCategories,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified,
// for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and
// source types in the  Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"

// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventSubscriptions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description
// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType,
// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.
//
// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"

// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeEvents method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeEvents,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots,
// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular
// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group
// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past
// hour of events are returned.
func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeEventsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions"

// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeOptionGroupOptions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeOptionGroupOptions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Describes all available options.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups"

// DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeOptionGroups method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeOptionGroups,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Describes the available option groups.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions"

// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine.
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions"

// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least
// one pending maintenance action.
func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances"

// DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedDBInstances method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeReservedDBInstances,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about
// a specified reserved DB instance.
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings"

// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxRecords",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Lists available reserved DB instance offerings.
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params,
//        func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions"

// DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DescribeSourceRegions method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeSourceRegions,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Returns a list of the source AWS regions where the current AWS region can
// create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports
// pagination.
func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion"

// DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the DownloadDBLogFilePortion method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDownloadDBLogFilePortion,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"Marker"},
			LimitToken:      "NumberOfLines",
			TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size.
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation.
//    pageNum := 0
//    err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params,
//        func(page *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//            pageNum++
//            fmt.Println(page)
//            return pageNum <= 3
//        })
//
func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(p *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
	page, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input)
	page.Handlers.Build.PushBack(request.MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Paginator"))
	return page.EachPage(func(p interface{}, lastPage bool) bool {
		return fn(p.(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), lastPage)
	})
}

const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster"

// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the FailoverDBCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opFailoverDBCluster,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Forces a failover for a DB cluster.
//
// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the read-only instances in the
// DB cluster to the master DB instance (the cluster writer) and deletes the
// current primary instance.
//
// Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to a read-only instance, if one
// exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you
// want to simulate a failure of a DB instance for testing. Because each instance
// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and
// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when
// the failover is complete.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"

// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ListTagsForResource method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListTagsForResource,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource.
//
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster"

// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBCluster,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more
// database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the
// new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora
// on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup"

// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than
// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
//  Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated
// with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
//
//   After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least
// 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster
// parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to
// fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the
// default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters
// that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such
// as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database
// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console
// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters
// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or
// modified.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute"

// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
// a manual DB cluster snapshot.
//
// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore
// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs
// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster
// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public,
// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not
// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private
// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
//
// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster
// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use
// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.
//
// If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance"

// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBInstance method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBInstance,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database
// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values
// in the request.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup"

// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one
// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue,
// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
//
//  Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static
// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated
// with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
//
//   After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes
// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group
// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete
// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a
// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical
// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character
// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter.
// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/)
// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group
// has been created or modified.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute"

// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from,
// a manual DB snapshot.
//
// To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as
// the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs
// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot.
// Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it
// can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for
// any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
// available to all AWS accounts.
//
// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot,
// or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup"

// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBSubnetGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyDBSubnetGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least
// one subnet in at least two AZs in the region.
func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"

// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyEventSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyEventSubscription,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you cannot
// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers
// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription
// calls.
//
// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the
// Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
// action.
func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup"

// ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ModifyOptionGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opModifyOptionGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies an existing option group.
func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica"

// PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the PromoteReadReplica method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPromoteReadReplica,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.
//
//  We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before
// promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the
// promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups
// are taken based on your backup settings.
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster"

// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster.
func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering"

// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Purchases a reserved DB instance offering.
func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance"

// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RebootDBInstance method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRebootDBInstance,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also
// applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter
// group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage
// of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting.
// If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that the reboot
// will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is created when
// the reboot is completed.
//
// If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can
// force a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force
// a failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to
// restore operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs.
//
// The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's
// crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you
// reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process
// to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions.
func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription"

// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription.
func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"

// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RemoveTagsFromResource method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRemoveTagsFromResource,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource.
//
// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS
// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).
func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup"

// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opResetDBClusterParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value.
// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify
// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.
//
//  When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately
// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next
// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance
// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static
// parameter to apply to.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
	req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup"

// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the ResetDBParameterGroup method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opResetDBParameterGroup,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default
// value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName
// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup
// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group,
// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set
// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance
// request.
func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) {
	req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3"

// RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method.
//    req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRestoreDBClusterFromS3,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket.
// Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data
// must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating
// Data from an External MySQL Database to an Amazon Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.html).
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) {
	req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot"

// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. The target DB cluster
// is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration
// as the original source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created
// with the default security group.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime"

// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to
// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod
// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the
// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster
// is created with the default DB security group.
//
// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot"

// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created
// from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration
// with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default,
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
//
// If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored
// DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
// action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you
// have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then
// you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier
// in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is
// that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created
// from the snapshot.
//
// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime"

// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to
// any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime
// property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by
// the BackupRetentionPeriod property.
//
// The target database is created with most of the original configuration,
// but in a system-selected availability zone, with the default security group,
// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default,
// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the
// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated
// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment
// and not a single-AZ deployment.
func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress"

// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return
// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
// is called.
//
// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
// you just want the service response, call the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress method directly
// instead.
//
// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
// to execute the request.
//
//    // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
//    req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)
//
//    err := req.Send()
//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//        fmt.Println(resp)
//    }
//
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{}
	}

	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{}
	req.Data = output
	return
}

// Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges
// or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of
// CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either
// EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).
func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input)
	err := req.Send()
	return out, err
}

// Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances
// allowed.
type AccountQuota struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account.
	AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
	Max *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
	Used *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AccountQuota) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the event source to be added. An identifier must begin
	// with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it
	// cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
	// identifier to.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"}
	if s.SourceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"}
	if s.ResourceName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
	}
	if s.Tags == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
	//
	// Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade
	ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
	// An opt-in request of type immediate cannot be undone.
	//
	// Valid values:
	//
	//    immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
	//
	//    next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance
	// window for the resource.
	//
	//    undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
	OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
	// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"}
	if s.ApplyAction == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction"))
	}
	if s.OptInType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType"))
	}
	if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
	ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The IP range to authorize.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
	// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
	// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
	// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
	// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
	if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	//
	//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
	//
	//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains Availability Zone information.
//
//  This data type is used as an element in the following data type:
//
//    OrderableDBInstanceOption
type AvailabilityZone struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the availability zone.
	Name *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// A CA certificate for an AWS account.
type Certificate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate.
	CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique key that identifies a certificate.
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the certificate.
	CertificateType *string `type:"string"`

	// The thumbprint of the certificate.
	Thumbprint *string `type:"string"`

	// The starting date from which the certificate is valid.
	ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The final date that the certificate continues to be valid.
	ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Certificate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Certificate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type CharacterSet struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The description of the character set.
	CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the character set.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CharacterSet) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
	// group. For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//   If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same region as the
	// copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group,
	// or a valid ARN.
	//
	//   If the source DB parameter group is in a different region than the copy,
	// specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
	SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-param-group1
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
	// or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not
	// case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
	SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
	// cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
	TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
	if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information
	// about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid DB parameter group.
	//
	//    Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group,
	// or a valid ARN.
	SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
	TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-db-parameter-group
	TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
	// action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
	DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key identifier for an encrypted
	// DB snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or
	// the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you copy an unencrypted DB snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId
	// parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB snapshot using the specified
	// KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify
	// a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If
	// you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId then the copy of the DB snapshot is
	// encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account,
	// then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.
	//
	// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this must be the ARN
	// of the shared DB snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
	//
	//   If the source snapshot is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid
	// DB snapshot identifier.
	//
	//   If the source snapshot is in a different region than the copy, specify
	// a valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to  Copying a DB Snapshot
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html).
	//
	//   Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01
	//
	// Example: arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier for the copied snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-db-snapshot
	TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"}
	if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
	// action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about
	// creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid option group.
	//
	//   If the source option group is in the same region as the copy, specify
	// a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid
	// ARN.
	//
	//   If the source option group is in a different region than the copy, specify
	// a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options.
	SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The description for the copied option group.
	TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied option group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-option-group
	TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"}
	if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription"))
	}
	if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBClusterInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be
	// created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions
	// and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
	// a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
	// If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 will be used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for your database of up to 8 alpha-numeric characters. If you do
	// not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster
	// you are creating.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	//
	// Valid Values: aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	//  Aurora
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group.
	//
	// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group
	// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster
	// is created as a Read Replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.Engine == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group
	// can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family,
	// and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine
	// version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
	}
	if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
	}
	if s.Description == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
	// or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the database
	// instance.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 6144.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 4096 (Standard Edition and Enterprise
	// Edition) or from 20 to 4096 (Express Edition and Web Edition)
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: true
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
	// For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability
	// Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
	//
	//  Example: us-east-1d
	//
	//  Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
	// same region as the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
	// 0 disables automated backups.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//   Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated
	// with the specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
	//
	// For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster.
	//
	// Type: String
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |
	// db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium
	// | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge
	// | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge
	// | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small
	// | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15
	// for SQL Server).
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: mydbinstance
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
	// use.
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	//    MariaDB
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	//    PostgreSQL
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in
	// the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can be
	// letters, underscores, or digits (0-9).
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	//    Oracle
	//
	// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance.
	//
	// Default: ORCL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be longer than 8 characters
	//
	//    SQL Server
	//
	// Not applicable. Must be null.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster
	// is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in
	// the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
	// this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified
	// engine will be used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
	DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
	//
	//  Valid Values: mysql | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se2 | oracle-se | oracle-ee
	// | sqlserver-ee | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres |
	// aurora
	//
	// Not every database engine is available for every AWS region.
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	// The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that
	// are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for
	// every AWS region.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2,
	// ap-south-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, us-east-1, us-west-2):  5.6.10a
	//
	//    MariaDB
	//
	//    Version 10.1 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  10.1.14
	//
	//    Version 10.0 (available in all AWS regions):  10.0.17 | 10.0.24
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee)
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Express Edition (sqlserver-ex)
	//
	//    Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions):  12.00.4422.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Standard Edition (sqlserver-se)
	//
	//    Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions):  12.00.4422.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Web Edition (sqlserver-web)
	//
	//    Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions):  12.00.4422.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    MySQL
	//
	//    Version 5.7 (available in all AWS regions):  5.7.10 | 5.7.11
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1):  5.6.23
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions):  5.6.27 | 5.6.29
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  5.5.40 | 5.5.40a
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  5.5.40b | 5.5.41
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1):  5.5.42
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions):  5.5.46
	//
	//    Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions):  12.1.0.2.v1
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  12.1.0.2.v2
	// | 12.1.0.2.v3 | 12.1.0.2.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions):  11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3
	// | 11.2.0.4.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  11.2.0.4.v5
	// | 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8
	//
	//    Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions):  11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3
	// | 11.2.0.4.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  11.2.0.4.v5
	// | 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8
	//
	//    Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions):  11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3
	// | 11.2.0.4.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  11.2.0.4.v5
	// | 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8
	//
	//    Oracle Database Standard Edition Two (oracle-se2)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  12.1.0.2.v2
	// | 12.1.0.2.v3 | 12.1.0.2.v4
	//
	//    PostgreSQL
	//
	//    Version 9.5 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  9.5.2
	//
	//    Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1):  9.4.1
	// | 9.4.4
	//
	//    Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions):  9.4.5
	//
	//    Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  9.4.7
	//
	//    Version 9.3 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  9.3.1 | 9.3.2
	//
	//    Version 9.3 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  9.3.10 | 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6 | 9.3.9
	//
	//    Version 9.3 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  9.3.12
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a multiple between 3 and 10 of the storage amount for
	// the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if
	// the size of your DB instance is 500 GB, then your Iops value can be 2000,
	// 3000, 4000, or 5000.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
	// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for this DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII character
	// except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of master user for the client DB instance.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//    MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//   Type: String
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//    SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//    PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the
	// AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	//  Default: 5432
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	//  Default: 1521
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	//  Default: 1433
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152
	// through 49156.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more
	// information, see DB Instance Backups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.BackingUpAndRestoringAmazonRDSInstances.html).
	//
	//  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
	// time per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see DB Instance Maintenance
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBMaintenance.html).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	//  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
	// time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC: true
	//
	//    VPC: false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
	//
	// Default: false
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceClass == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass"))
	}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.Engine == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// Read Replica during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica will be created in.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
	//
	//  Example: us-east-1d
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica.
	//
	//  Valid Values: db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge |
	// db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large
	// | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge
	// | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge
	// | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium
	// | db.t2.large
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will
	// be created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet
	// group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a
	// DB instance in another region.
	//
	//   The specified DB subnet group must be in the same region in which the
	// operation is running.
	//
	//   All Read Replicas in one region that are created from the same source
	// DB instance must either:>
	//
	//   Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas will
	// be created in the same VPC.
	//
	//   Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas will be created
	// outside of any VPC.
	//
	//     Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters,
	// periods, underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, the
	// default option group for the engine specified will be used.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC:true
	//
	//    VPC:false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read
	// Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB
	// instance.
	//
	//   Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source
	// is running MySQL 5.6.
	//
	//   Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the
	// source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5.
	//
	//   The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup
	// retention period must be greater than 0.
	//
	//   If the source DB instance is in the same region as the Read Replica, specify
	// a valid DB instance identifier.
	//
	//   If the source DB instance is in a different region than the Read Replica,
	// specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to  Constructing
	// a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated
	// with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only
	// to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible
	// with that DB parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description for the DB parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
	}
	if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
	}
	if s.Description == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
	// action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
	DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The description for the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Must not be "Default"
	//
	//   Example: mysecuritygroup
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"}
	if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription"))
	}
	if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	//
	//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
	//
	//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
	// action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"}
	if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription"))
	}
	if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
	}
	if s.SubnetIds == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    ModifyDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	//
	//    DeleteDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// action.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
	// create the subscription but not active it.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
	// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
	// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
	// action.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
	// it.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be returned.
	// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
	// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
	// hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this
	// parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are
	// returned.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
	// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the subscription.
	//
	// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"}
	if s.SnsTopicArn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn"))
	}
	if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated
	// with.
	EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
	// associated with.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description of the option group.
	OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of the option group to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: myoptiongroup
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"}
	if s.EngineName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
	}
	if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion"))
	}
	if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription"))
	}
	if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBCluster
//
//    DeleteDBCluster
//
//    FailoverDBCluster
//
//    ModifyDBCluster
//
//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
//
//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
//
//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
// action.
type DBCluster struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
	// can be created in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is
	// associated with.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster.
	DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`

	// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster.
	DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster,
	// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided
	// at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This
	// same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier
	// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB cluster
	// is accessed.
	DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
	HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
	// cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Contains the master username for the DB cluster.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
	// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
	// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
	// DB cluster.
	ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster
	// load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in
	// a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint,
	// Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the
	// DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across
	// multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster.
	//
	// If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is
	// promoted to be the primary instance, your connection will be dropped. To
	// continue sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster,
	// you can then recoonect to the reader endpoint.
	ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a
	// Read Replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the current state of this DB cluster.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBCluster) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBCluster) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.
type DBClusterMember struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
	// the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the
	// DB cluster and false otherwise.
	IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterMember) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.
type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
	DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
// or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action.
//
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
// action.
type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
	// group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
//
//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
//
//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
// action.
type DBClusterSnapshot struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
	// snapshot can be restored in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster
	// snapshot was created from.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
	// cluster snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the
	// snapshot.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
	// (UTC).
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
//
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
// API action.
type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
	//
	// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
	// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
	// see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
	//
	// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns
	// a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore
	// the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the
	// manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to
	// copy or restore.
	AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply
	// to.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.
type DBEngineVersion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The description of the database engine.
	DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the database engine version.
	DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
	// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified.
	DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
	// parameter of the CreateDBInstance API.
	SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`

	// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
	// to.
	ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBInstance
//
//    DeleteDBInstance
//
//    ModifyDBInstance
//
//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
// action.
type DBInstance struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is
	// associated with.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the
	// DB instance.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the
	// DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance.
	DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the current state of this database.
	DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
	// use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information
	// when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas
	// are only supported for these engines.
	//
	//  MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL, Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided
	// at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This
	// same name is returned for the life of the DB instance.
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown
	// when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name
	// and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
	DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance,
	// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is
	// part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
	DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier
	// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance
	// is accessed.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance.
	DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the connection endpoint.
	Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that
	// receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
	EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the date and time the DB instance was created.
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
	// instance.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// License model information for this DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the master username for the DB instance.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance.
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance.
	OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"`

	// Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only
	// included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
	PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
	// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
	// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC:true
	//
	//    VPC:false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
	// DB instance.
	ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is
	// a Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB
	// instance with multi-AZ support.
	SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this
	// will be blank.
	StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`

	// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which the instance is associated for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides List of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs
	// to.
	VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBInstance) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBInstance) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.
type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
	// is not in an error state, this value is blank.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false
	// if the instance is in an error state.
	Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can
	// be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// This value is currently "read replication."
	StatusType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
// action.
//
// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
type DBParameterGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup
// or ResetDBParameterGroup action.
type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// The status of the DB parameter group.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBInstance
//
//    CreateDBInstanceReadReplica
//
//    DeleteDBInstance
//
//    ModifyDBInstance
//
//    RebootDBInstance
//
//    RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
type DBParameterGroupStatus struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DP parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of parameter updates.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
//
//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
//
//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
//
//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
//
//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
//
//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
type DBSecurityGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the description of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements.
	EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// Contains a list of IPRange elements.
	IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`

	// Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group.
	OwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VpcId of the DB security group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
//    ModifyDBInstance
//
//    RebootDBInstance
//
//    RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot
//
//    RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime
type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBSnapshot
//
//    DeleteDBSnapshot
//
//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
// action.
type DBSnapshot struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in
	// at the time of the DB snapshot.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot
	// was created from.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the version of the database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB
	// instance at the time of the snapshot.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If Encrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the master username for the DB snapshot.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time
	// of the snapshot.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
	// (UTC).
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Provides the type of the DB snapshot.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB snapshot Arn that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value
	// in case of cross customer or cross region copy.
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of this DB snapshot.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with DB Snapshot.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBSnapshot) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute
//
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
// restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API.
type DBSnapshotAttribute struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute.
	//
	// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
	// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
	// see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute.
	//
	// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns
	// a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore
	// the manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual
	// DB snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore.
	AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
// API action.
//
// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
// API action.
type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBSubnetGroup
//
//    ModifyDBSubnetGroup
//
//    DescribeDBSubnetGroups
//
//    DeleteDBSubnetGroup
//
//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
type DBSubnetGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
	SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of Subnet elements.
	Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`

	// Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
	// when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false.
	//
	//   Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
	// to true results in an error.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster
	// is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false
	// is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted.
	//
	//  You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is false.
	//
	//  Default: false
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//   You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//   Cannot be associated with any DB clusters.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the
	// available state.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"}
	if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is set to false.
	//
	//  Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
	// to true results in an error.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica.
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance
	// is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified,
	// a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted.
	//
	// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed',
	// 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted
	// when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true".
	//
	// Specify true when deleting a Read Replica.
	//
	//  The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is false.
	//
	//  Default: false
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
	//
	//   You cannot delete a default DB parameter group
	//
	//   Cannot be associated with any DB instances
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB security group to delete.
	//
	//  You cannot delete the default DB security group.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Must not be "Default"
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"}
	if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DBSnapshot identifier.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available
	// state.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"}
	if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
	// action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
	//
	//  You cannot delete the default subnet group.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"}
	if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"}
	if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the option group to be deleted.
	//
	//  You cannot delete default option groups.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"}
	if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.
type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name,
	// a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
	AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.
type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account.
	Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
	DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
	// for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter
	// sources can be engine, service, or customer.
	Source *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"}
	if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters
// in the DB cluster parameter group.
type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"}
	if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
	// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
	// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
	// This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
	// parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot
	// be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value
	// is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
	// must also be specified.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Set this value to true to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public
	// and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value
	// to false. The default is false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Set this value to true to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from
	// other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy
	// or restore, otherwise set this value to false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot
	// from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
	// following values:
	//
	//    automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically
	// taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//    manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my AWS
	// account.
	//
	//    shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared
	// to my AWS account.
	//
	//    public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	//   If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
	// DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots
	// with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can
	// include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic
	// parameter to true.
	//
	// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
	// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call
// to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.
type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
	DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters
// action.
type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
	DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine
	// and major version combination is returned.
	DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The database engine to return.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine version to return.
	//
	// Example: 5.1.49
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// If this parameter is specified, and if the requested engine supports the
	// CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a
	// list of supported character sets for each engine version.
	ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions
// action.
type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
	DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information
	// from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances
// action.
type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBInstance instances.
	DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles.
type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written.
	LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.
	LogFileName *string `type:"string"`

	// The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance.
	Size *int64 `type:"long"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
	// you want to list.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date,
	// in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
	FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
	FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
	// string.
	FilenameContains *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.
type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB log files returned.
	DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups
// action.
type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
	DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The parameter types to return.
	//
	// Default: All parameter types returned
	//
	// Valid Values: user | system | engine-default
	Source *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters
// action.
type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Parameter values.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
	DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"}
	if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
	// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This
	// parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used
	// in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
	// must also be specified.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Set this value to true to include manual DB snapshots that are public and
	// can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to
	// false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API.
	IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Set this value to true to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS
	// accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore,
	// otherwise set this value to false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from
	// another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//    automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken
	// by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//    manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
	//
	//    shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my AWS
	// account.
	//
	//    public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	//   If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
	// snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in
	// the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these
	// results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public
	// snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true.
	//
	// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
	// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots
// action.
type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
	DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
	DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
	// information for.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// action.
	EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// action.
	EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action.
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
	EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
	EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeEventsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
	//
	// Default: 60
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
	// subscription.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
	// not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned.
	SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`

	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
	// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker,
	// up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name will be
	// described.
	EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
	// major engine version.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"}
	if s.EngineName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// List of available option group options.
	OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
	// a specific database engine.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
	// a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also
	// be specified.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with
	// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// List of option groups.
type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// List of option groups.
	OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified license model.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC
	// or non-VPC offerings.
	Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"}
	if s.Engine == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// action.
type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the DB instance.
	OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
	// actions for.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
	// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance
	// actions for the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.
type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
	// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration.
	//
	// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
	Duration *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations
	// matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified offering type.
	//
	// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// those reservations matching the specified product description.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter
	// to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration.
	//
	// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
	Duration *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified offering type.
	//
	// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified product description.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.
	//
	// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
// action.
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// action.
type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of reserved DB instances.
	ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The source region name. For example, us-east-1.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid AWS Region name.
	RegionName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions
// action.
type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that
	// the current region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from.
	SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance.
type DomainMembership struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the Active Directory Domain.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain.
	FQDN *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory
	// Service.
	IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such
	// as joined, pending-join, failed etc).
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DomainMembership) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
	// you want to list.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
	LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
	// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
	// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results
	// in a file over 1 MB in size, the file will be truncated at 1 MB in size.
	//
	// If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned
	// can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value
	// of the Marker parameter.
	//
	//   If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file
	// is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent
	// log entries first.
	//
	//   If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the most
	// recent lines from the end of the log file are returned.
	//
	//   If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from
	// the beginning of the log file are returned.
	//
	//   You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size
	// of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value
	// of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker
	// value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request,
	// continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
	NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.LogFileName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.
type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
	AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Entries from the specified log file.
	LogFileData *string `type:"string"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion
	// request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
//
//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
//
//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
type EC2SecurityGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the id of the EC2 security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the EC2 security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
	// the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing",
	// "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked".
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:
//
//    CreateDBInstance
//
//    DescribeDBInstances
//
//    DeleteDBInstance
type Endpoint struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
	Address *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
	HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// action.
type EngineDefaults struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default
	// parameters apply to.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of engine default parameters.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EngineDefaults) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action.
type Event struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the date and time of the event.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the category for the event.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Provides the text of this event.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event.
	SourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the source type for this event.
	SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Event) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Event) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories
// action.
type EventCategoriesMap struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The event categories for the specified source type
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The source type that the returned categories belong to
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
// action.
type EventSubscription struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The RDS event notification subscription Id.
	CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription.
	CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`

	// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates
	// the subscription is enabled.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription.
	EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription.
	EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription.
	SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The source type for the RDS event notification subscription.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the RDS event notification subscription.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active |
	// no-permission | topic-not-exist
	//
	// The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to
	// post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic
	// was deleted after the subscription was created.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
	SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance.
	//
	// You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB
	// cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1.
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This type is not currently supported.
type Filter struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Filter) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Filter) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Values == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
// action.
type IPRange struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the IP range.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized",
	// "revoking", and "revoked".
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s IPRange) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s IPRange) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
	if s.ResourceName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
	}
	if s.Filters != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Filters {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
	TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any
	// pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless
	// of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter
	// is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance
	// window.
	//
	// The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and
	// MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value
	// to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword
	// values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes
	// are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately
	// parameter.
	//
	// Default: false
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
	// a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier for an existing DB cluster.
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain
	// any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster2
	NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage
	// except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
	// If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this
	// change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections
	// are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted.
	//
	// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group
	// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A lst of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
	}
	if s.Parameters == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
	//
	// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName.
	//
	// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot,
	// set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the
	// manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the
	// all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information
	// that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName.
	//
	// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers,
	// or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the
	// DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID
	// is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a
	// manual DB cluster snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"}
	if s.AttributeName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
	}
	if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
	// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
	// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does
	// not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless ApplyImmediately is set to true for this request.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 5-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 5-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 5-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 10-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Cannot be modified.
	//
	// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
	// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
	// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
	// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
	// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
	// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
	// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
	// the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance
	// degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance
	// will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the
	// instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
	// the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB
	// snapshot of the instance.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter
	// does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as
	// soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value
	// for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the
	// DB instance's current version.
	AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
	// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
	// setting for the DB instance.
	//
	//  If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied
	// during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage
	// and will be applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure
	// reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using
	// the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
	// to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for
	// each modified parameter and to determine when the changes will be applied.
	//
	// Default: false
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not
	// result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set
	// to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available,
	// and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
	// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
	// backups.
	//
	// Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to
	// a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// is set to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero
	// value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as
	// soon as possible.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//   Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running
	// MySQL 5.6
	//
	//   Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is running
	// PostgreSQL 9.3.5
	//
	//   Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. To determine the
	// instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// action.
	//
	//  Passing a value for this setting causes an outage during the change and
	// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately is
	// specified as true for this request.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
	// | db.m2.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large
	// | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge
	// | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge
	// | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium
	// | db.t2.large
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing
	// this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself
	// is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied
	// until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT
	// be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during
	// the next maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group
	// family as this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values
	// specified for options in the option group for the DB instance.
	//
	// Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	//  Default: 5432
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	//  Default: 1521
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	//  Default: 1433
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152
	// through 49156.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
	// setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
	// as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to
	// move your DB instance to a different VPC, or to a different subnet group
	// in the same VPC. If your DB instance is not in a VPC, you can also use this
	// parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. For more information, see
	// Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC).
	//
	// Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change
	// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for
	// the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetGroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. Specify none to remove
	// the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to
	// this operation. Currently only a Microsoft SQL Server instance can be created
	// in a Active Directory Domain.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
	// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
	//
	// For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB parameter group is currently
	// in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the
	// new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the
	// default for that DB parameter group family.
	//
	// For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
	// Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// is set to true for this request.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are
	// migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0.
	// The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take
	// effect.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
	// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
	// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
	// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
	// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
	// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
	// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
	// the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance
	// degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance
	// will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the
	// instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
	// the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB
	// snapshot of the instance.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The license model for the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable ASCII
	// character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	//  Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is
	// asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request
	// and the completion of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists
	// in the PendingModifiedValues element of the operation response.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters (MySQL, MariaDB, and
	// Amazon Aurora), 8 to 30 alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 alphanumeric
	// characters (SQL Server).
	//
	//  Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides
	// a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost.
	// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter
	// does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
	//
	// Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
	// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur
	// immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the
	// next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored
	// as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the
	// following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window
	// unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If
	// the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change
	// can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected
	// but existing connections are not interrupted.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	// Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
	// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result
	// in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot,
	// and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing
	// this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window
	// to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current
	// time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable
	// DNS name. Set to True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly
	// resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to False
	// to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private
	// IP address.
	//
	//  PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance
	// must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order
	// for it to be publicly accessible.
	//
	// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	// Default: false
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This
	// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
	// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
	// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
	// in a single request.
	//
	// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	//  You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
	}
	if s.Parameters == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify.
	//
	// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB snapshot, set this value to restore.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
	//
	// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set
	// this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual
	// DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any
	// manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
	// available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
	// AttributeName.
	//
	// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or
	// all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB
	// snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly
	// added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"}
	if s.AttributeName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName"))
	}
	if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
	// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"}
	if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName"))
	}
	if s.SubnetIds == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    ModifyDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	//
	//    DeleteDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// action.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
	// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
	// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
	// action.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
	// it.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this
	// parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are
	// returned.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"}
	if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the
	// next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be modified.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present,
	// the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
	OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"`

	// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
	OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"}
	if s.OptionGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName"))
	}
	if s.OptionsToInclude != nil {
		for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Option details.
type Option struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows
	// access to the port.
	DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// The description of the option.
	OptionDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option.
	OptionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The option settings for this option.
	OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The version of the option.
	OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicate if this option is permanent.
	Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicate if this option is persistent.
	Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If required, the port configured for this option to use.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows
	// access to the port.
	VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Option) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Option) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// A list of all available options
type OptionConfiguration struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
	DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The configuration of options to include in a group.
	OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The option settings to include in an option group.
	OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The version for the option.
	OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The optional port for the option.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
	VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"}
	if s.OptionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type OptionGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC
	// instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both
	// VPC and non-VPC instances.
	AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group.
	OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a description of the option group.
	OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the option group.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates what options are available in the option group.
	Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"`

	// If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If
	// AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then
	// this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this
	// field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances
	// that are in the VPC indicated by this field.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.
type OptionGroupMembership struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are:
	// in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal,
	// applying, removing, and failed.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Available option.
type OptionGroupOption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option.
	DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The description of the option.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine that this option can be applied to.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied.
	MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option
	// in an option group.
	OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The versions that are available for the option.
	OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"`

	// The options that conflict with this option.
	OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"`

	// The options that are prerequisites for this option.
	OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"`

	// Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group
	// containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance.
	Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances
	// are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances
	// from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option
	// group.
	Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the option requires a port.
	PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each
// option with their default values and other information. These values are
// used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value for the option group option.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed
	// from the default value.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The description of the option group option.
	SettingDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group option.
	SettingName *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that
// option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups.
// For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER
// that can have several different values.
type OptionSetting struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The allowed values of the option setting.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine specific parameter type.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// The data type of the option setting.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value of the option setting.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the option setting.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection.
	IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified
	// from the default.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option that has settings that you can set.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The current value of the option setting.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionSetting) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the
// DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.
type OptionVersion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// True if the version is the default version of the option; otherwise, false.
	IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version of the option.
	Version *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OptionVersion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance
//
//  This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
// action.
type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of Availability Zones for the orderable DB instance.
	AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The DB instance class for the orderable DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine type of the orderable DB instance.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of the orderable DB instance.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The license model for the orderable DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable.
	MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates the storage type for this orderable DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the DB instance supports enhanced monitoring at intervals
	// from 1 to 60 seconds.
	SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS.
	SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports encrypted storage.
	SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance.
	Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup
// and ResetDBParameterGroup actions.
//
// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
// and DescribeDBParameters actions.
type Parameter struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
	ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"`

	// Specifies the engine specific parameters type.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a description of the parameter.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
	// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
	// being changed.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
	MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the value of the parameter.
	ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the source of the parameter value.
	Source *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Parameter) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Parameter) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.
type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
	Action *string `type:"string"`

	// The date of the maintenance window when the action will be applied. The maintenance
	// action will be applied to the resource during its first maintenance window
	// after this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests
	// are ignored.
	AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The effective date when the pending maintenance action will be applied to
	// the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from
	// the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the
	// ForcedApplyDate. This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received
	// and nothing has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate.
	CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The date when the maintenance action will be automatically applied. The maintenance
	// action will be applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance
	// window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in
	// requests are ignored.
	ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
	OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action.
type PendingModifiedValues struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is in progress.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is in progress.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is in progress.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be
	// applied or is being applied.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The license model for the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for
	// the DB instance.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the pending port for the DB instance.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-replica1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
	// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
	// backups.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 0 to 8
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier for an existing Read Replica DB instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: mydbinstance
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	//  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
	// time per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of instances to reserve.
	//
	// Default: 1
	DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.
	//
	// Example: myreservationID
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase.
	//
	// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"}
	if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
	// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
	ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// When true, the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify true if the instance is not configured for
	// MultiAZ.
	ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions.
type RecurringCharge struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The amount of the recurring charge.
	RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The frequency of the recurring charge.
	RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RecurringCharge) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
	// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a
	// source identifier from.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"}
	if s.SourceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing).
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
	TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"}
	if s.ResourceName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName"))
	}
	if s.TagKeys == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
type ReservedDBInstance struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The currency code for the reserved DB instance.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of reserved DB instances.
	DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The duration of the reservation in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type of this reserved DB instance.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the reserved DB instance.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
	RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance.
	ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier for the reservation.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	// The time the reservation started.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The state of the reserved DB instance.
	State *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings
// action.
type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration of the offering in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed price charged for this offering.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine used by the offering.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
	RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly price charged for this offering.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
	// default values. You cannot use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
	// is set to true.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter
	// group to their default values, and false otherwise. You cannot use this parameter
	// if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
	// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
	// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
	// in a single request.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when DB instance reboots.
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when DB instance reboots.
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB
	// parameter group to default values.
	//
	// Default: true
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"}
	if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
	// resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`

	// The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions.
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster
	// can be created in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster
	// are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
	// with the specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the S3 bucket.
	// This parameter is isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored
	// DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 will be used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Valid Values: aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	//  Aurora
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
	// with the specified option group.
	//
	// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. An option group
	// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept
	// connections.
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the
	// Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your
	// behalf.
	S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create
	// the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value,
	// then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in
	// the Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files
	// stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// Valid values: mysql
	SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of the database that the backup files were created from.
	//
	// MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported.
	//
	// Example: 5.6.22
	SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.Engine == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
	}
	if s.MasterUserPassword == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword"))
	}
	if s.MasterUsername == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername"))
	}
	if s.S3BucketName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName"))
	}
	if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn"))
	}
	if s.SourceEngine == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine"))
	}
	if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored
	// DB cluster can be created in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from
	// a DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
	// will occur:
	//
	//   If the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster
	// is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	//   If the DB cluster snapshot is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster
	// is encrypted using the specified encryption key.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.Engine == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine"))
	}
	if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from
	// an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with
	// a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
	// cluster. The new DB cluster will be encrypted with the KMS key identified
	// by the KmsKeyId parameter.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
	// will occur:
	//
	//   If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
	// using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
	//
	//   If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not
	// encrypted.
	//
	//   If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is note encrypted,
	// then the restore request is rejected.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
	//
	// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//   Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true
	//
	//   Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier of an existing database instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable
	// backup time, and false otherwise.
	//
	// Default: false
	//
	// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A lst of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"}
	if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
	// instance; otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
	// | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge
	// | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge
	// | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge
	// | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15
	// for SQL Server)
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The database name for the restored DB instance.
	//
	//  This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
	// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	//
	//  Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
	// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in
	// I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value
	// will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance
	// will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will take additional time,
	// though your DB instance will be available for connections before the conversion
	// starts.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Default: Same as source.
	//
	//  Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB instance
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC: true
	//
	//    VPC: false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"}
	if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
	// instance; otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
	// | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge
	// | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge
	// | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge
	// | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
	//
	// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB instance.
	//
	//  This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	//
	//  Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
	// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Default: Same as source.
	//
	//  Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC:true
	//
	//    VPC:false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The date and time to restore from.
	//
	// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//   Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true
	//
	//   Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier of an existing database instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The name of the new database instance to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from
	// the latest backup time.
	//
	// Default: false
	//
	// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"}
	if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}
	if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP
	// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// cannot be provided.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
	// the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
	// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"}
	if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	//
	//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
	//
	//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the DescribeSourceRegions
// action.
type SourceRegion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The source region endpoint.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// The source region name.
	RegionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the source region.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s SourceRegion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
// action.
type Subnet struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains Availability Zone information.
	//
	//  This data type is used as an element in the following data type:
	//
	//    OrderableDBInstanceOption
	SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
	SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the subnet.
	SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Subnet) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair.
type Tag struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
	// 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:".
	// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
	// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
	// to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or
	// "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits,
	// white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
	Value *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s Tag) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
type UpgradeTarget struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A value that indicates whether the target version will be applied to any
	// source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
	AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether a database engine will be upgraded to a major
	// version.
	IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security
// group membership.
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The status of the VPC security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the VPC security group.
	VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

const (
	// @enum ApplyMethod
	ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate"
	// @enum ApplyMethod
	ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot"
)

const (
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot"
)